{"title":"Grocery \u0026 Gourmet Food","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShop grocery gourmet food\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore grocery gourmet food with a curated mix of pantry staples, beverages, snacks, and specialty picks for everyday use. It helps shoppers scan a wide food selection without jumping across multiple categories. The layout supports quicker comparison when you want practical options for home, gifting, or routine restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the collection to compare flavors, formats, and brands in one place. You can review product types side by side and narrow choices with less effort. This makes it easier to spot familiar favorites or try something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can move from coffee and tea to biscuits, spreads, noodles, and canned items with less searching. Shoppers looking for variety can explore both everyday picks and more distinctive items in the same collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis collection is designed to make food discovery easier while helping shoppers narrow choices quickly. Use sorting tools to review best selling, price, and new arrivals based on your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are comparing options like fast food near me, this selection offers convenient products to keep at home. It can also help with planning snacks, pantry refills, or simple meal additions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you would usually search grocery store near me, you can review categories, availability, and sorting tools here first. Filters for price and stock status can help shorten the decision process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse filters for price and stock status to find suitable items faster. Check product titles, short overviews, and reviews where available for added guidance. From everyday essentials to imported treats, this collection covers a broad range of tastes and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"haribo-konfekties-fruity-licorice-mix-6-17-oz","title":"Haribo Konfekties Fruity \u0026 Licorice Mix 5.64 oz (160g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix is a 5.64 oz (160 g) bag of German candy that combines soft fruit-flavored gummy pieces with classic black licorice in one assortment. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHaribo Konfekties: Fruity Gummies and Black Licorice in One German Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit and licorice together\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet fruit-flavored pieces sit alongside firm black licorice so every handful offers both tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Haribo chew\u003c\/strong\u003e — the firm, springy texture Haribo is known for, in bite-size assorted shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.64 oz (160 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard European sharing size, enough for a candy dish or a movie night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Haribo to the original European recipe, not a US reformulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParty-ready assortment\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed colors and shapes work well for candy bowls, gift bags, and licorice fans who also like fruit gummies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for trying it once or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and pour the mix into a bowl so guests can pick fruit pieces or licorice as they like, or eat straight from the bag as an afternoon snack. Licorice pairs well with coffee, and the fruit pieces are a good match for sparkling water. Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), fold it closed after opening, and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Haribo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo was founded in Bonn, Germany in 1920 by Hans Riegel, and the name is an acronym of Hans Riegel Bonn. The company created the gummy bear in 1922 and is still family-owned, producing gummy, licorice, and foam-sugar candy in Germany and across Europe. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/haribo\"\u003eHaribo collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.haribo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eharibo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Haribo Konfekties contain gelatin or allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost classic Haribo gummies made in Germany contain pork gelatin, and licorice pieces are usually made with wheat flour, so this mix is not suitable for vegetarians or anyone avoiding gluten. Recipes can change between production runs, so always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating if you have an allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Haribo Konfekties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat, which can make gummies sticky or clump together. Do not refrigerate. Once opened, fold the bag closed or move the candy to an airtight container and finish it within a few weeks for the best chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Haribo Konfekties and Haribo Stafetten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKonfekties is an assortment: fruity gummy pieces mixed with black licorice in varied shapes and colors, so it suits people who like both. Stafetten is a single-style bag of soft licorice sticks only, with no fruit pieces. Choose Konfekties for variety and a milder introduction to licorice, or Stafetten for a pure licorice flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Haribo Konfekties imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Haribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix in the original 160 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Haribo Konfekties contain gelatin or allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Most classic Haribo gummies made in Germany contain pork gelatin, and licorice pieces are usually made with wheat flour, so this mix is not suitable for vegetarians or anyone avoiding gluten. Recipes can change between production runs, so always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating if you have an allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Haribo Konfekties?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat, which can make gummies sticky or clump together. Do not refrigerate. Once opened, fold the bag closed or move the candy to an airtight container and finish it within a few weeks for the best chew.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Haribo Konfekties and Haribo Stafetten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Konfekties is an assortment: fruity gummy pieces mixed with black licorice in varied shapes and colors, so it suits people who like both. Stafetten is a single-style bag of soft licorice sticks only, with no fruit pieces. Choose Konfekties for variety and a milder introduction to licorice, or Stafetten for a pure licorice flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Haribo Konfekties imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Haribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix in the original 160 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45648552526015,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45648552558783,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45648552591551,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-PACK6","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/810eH37vKQL_0d39d114-457d-4cbc-a309-e51f359be7dd.png?v=1777322387"},{"product_id":"milka-alpine-milk-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar, 100% Alpine Milk, 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European milk chocolate bar made with 100 percent Alpine milk, the classic solid Milka bar in the lilac wrapper. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Alpine Milk: The Classic Solid Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy, mild Milka milk chocolate made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original Milka recipe with nothing added, so the milk chocolate flavor stands on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the current European format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCocoa Life sourced cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — cocoa comes through Mondelez's Cocoa Life sustainability program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bar sold in Germany and across Europe, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar come to room temperature, break off a square, and let it melt slowly on the tongue for the fullest creamy flavor. It pairs well with coffee, hot cocoa, or a glass of cold milk. Because it has no filling, it melts cleanly for ganache, chocolate fondue, hot chocolate, or drizzling over waffles and pancakes. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lorrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Alpine Milk is the original Milka bar and the base recipe for the rest of the range. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 100 percent Alpine milk mean on a Milka bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt means the milk used in the chocolate comes entirely from dairy farms in the Alpine region, which Milka has used as its signature ingredient since 1901. Combined with a mild cocoa blend, it gives the bar its very creamy, soft, sweet character, milder and smoother than most American milk chocolate bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Alpine Milk bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does 100 percent Alpine milk mean on a Milka bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It means the milk used in the chocolate comes entirely from dairy farms in the Alpine region, which Milka has used as its signature ingredient since 1901. Combined with a mild cocoa blend, it gives the bar its very creamy, soft, sweet character, milder and smoother than most American milk chocolate bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Alpine Milk bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45543849099455,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736954036415,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736954069183,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736954101951,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_a46923e0-1381-4e49-aa5f-27a2ccc983cd.png?v=1781805021"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-rum-raisins-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026 Hazelnuts, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with rum-soaked raisins and whole hazelnuts folded into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts: German Milk Chocolate with Fruit and Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRum-soaked raisins and whole hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — fruity raisins and crunchy hazelnuts spread through every square of milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the milk chocolate softens around the raisins and hazelnuts. It pairs well with black coffee or an after-dinner espresso, and chopped pieces work well in cookie dough or over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The raisins are soaked in rum, so the bar contains a small amount of alcohol. Anyone with a nut or alcohol concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts adds rum-soaked raisins alongside whole hazelnuts, so it has a fruity, slightly boozy note next to the nut crunch. Whole Hazelnuts is a plain milk chocolate and nut bar with no fruit or added flavoring. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format and Rainforest Alliance milk chocolate base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The raisins are soaked in rum, so the bar contains a small amount of alcohol. Anyone with a nut or alcohol concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Rum Raisins \u0026 Hazelnuts adds rum-soaked raisins alongside whole hazelnuts, so it has a fruity, slightly boozy note next to the nut crunch. Whole Hazelnuts is a plain milk chocolate and nut bar with no fruit or added flavoring. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format and Rainforest Alliance milk chocolate base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603258826943,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603258859711,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603258892479,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603258925247,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_e0a11e7b-cf0b-4160-8845-9b938b3b2b46.png?v=1778970152"},{"product_id":"milka-lu-biscuits-87g","title":"Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits, Alpine Milk Chocolate with LU Biscuits, 3 oz (87g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3 oz (87 g) European chocolate bar with a crunchy LU biscuit piece inside Milka's smooth Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits: Crunchy Biscuit Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy LU biscuit piece\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real LU biscuit piece embedded in the bar, giving a firm crunch instead of a soft filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz (87 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European single-serve size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic European pairing\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings together two long-running European food brands, Milka and LU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold across Europe, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar sit at room temperature and break off a piece so the milk chocolate softens slightly while the LU biscuit stays crunchy. It pairs well with coffee or tea, and works as a simple addition to a cookie or dessert platter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. The LU partnership pairs Milka's Alpine milk chocolate with a classic European biscuit for a simple crunchy treat. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits contains milk, soy, and wheat from the LU biscuit piece, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a nut or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the LU biscuit's crunch. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the LU biscuit add to Milka chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe LU biscuit piece inside adds a crunchy, lightly sweet texture that contrasts with the smooth Milka Alpine milk chocolate around it. It is closer to a chocolate-covered cookie than a filled truffle bar, since it does not have the soft filled centers found in bars like Milka Oreo or Milka Caramel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits bar in the original 3 oz (87 g) format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same bar sold across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits contains milk, soy, and wheat from the LU biscuit piece, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a nut or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the LU biscuit's crunch. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the LU biscuit add to Milka chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The LU biscuit piece inside adds a crunchy, lightly sweet texture that contrasts with the smooth Milka Alpine milk chocolate around it. It is closer to a chocolate-covered cookie than a filled truffle bar, since it does not have the soft filled centers found in bars like Milka Oreo or Milka Caramel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits bar in the original 3 oz (87 g) format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same bar sold across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45735848673471,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45735848706239,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45735848739007,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45735848771775,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/61cCPuyu01L.png?v=1777324221"},{"product_id":"toblerone-white-chocolate-bar-honey-almond-nougat-100g","title":"Toblerone White Chocolate Bar with Honey \u0026 Almond Nougat, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eToblerone White Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) Swiss white chocolate bar in the famous triangular peak shape, filled with pieces of honey and almond nougat. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eToblerone White Chocolate: Swiss White Chocolate with Honey and Almond Nougat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss white chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a creamy, vanilla-sweet white chocolate made with Swiss milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney and almond nougat\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same crunchy honey-almond nougat pieces found in the classic milk chocolate Toblerone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic triangular peaks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar breaks into individual triangles inspired by the Swiss Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the European packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Bern, Switzerland\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at the original Toblerone factory to the European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off one triangle at a time by pressing the peak toward the bar, then let it soften on the tongue so the nougat pieces come through. Serve at room temperature with coffee, or chop the bar over ice cream and into blondie batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Toblerone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToblerone was created in Bern, Switzerland in 1908 by Theodor Tobler and Emil Baumann, who combined Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat in the now-famous triangular peaks. The bar is still produced in Bern and the brand is owned today by Mondelez International. The triangular peaks and the hidden bear in the mountain logo are recognized worldwide. Browse more European chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.toblerone.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etoblerone.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Toblerone White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Toblerone White Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Toblerone White Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Toblerone White and Toblerone Milk Chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The White version replaces Swiss milk chocolate with a creamy, sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk, so the honey and almond flavors stand out more. Choose White for a milder, vanilla-sweet bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Toblerone White Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Toblerone White Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Toblerone White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Toblerone White Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Toblerone White Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Toblerone White and Toblerone Milk Chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The White version replaces Swiss milk chocolate with a creamy, sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk, so the honey and almond flavors stand out more. Choose White for a milder, vanilla-sweet bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Toblerone White Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Toblerone White Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Toblerone","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45599487590591,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45599487623359,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK3","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45599487688895,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK6","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45599487721663,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_051e22b5-c1af-4f66-9038-99653d387099.png?v=1778970079"},{"product_id":"haribo-susse-mause-sweet-mice-marshmallow-175g","title":"Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) Marshmallow Candy 6.17 oz (175g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) Marshmallow Candy is a 6.17 oz (175 g) bag of soft, mouse-shaped foam-sugar candy from Germany with a light sugar coating and a sweet, fruity flavor. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHaribo Sweet Mice: Soft Sugar-Coated Marshmallow Candy from Germany\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam-sugar texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — light and fluffy like a marshmallow, much softer than a classic Haribo gummy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMouse shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e — pink and white mice with a fine sugar coating that gives a slight crunch before the soft center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet, mild flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a gentle fruity sweetness that appeals to kids and adults who prefer softer candy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.17 oz (175 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard European sharing size for candy dishes and lunchboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Haribo to the original European recipe, sold in Germany as Süße Mäuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for trying it once or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat the mice straight from the bag, or use them as cake and cupcake toppers since the shapes hold up well at room temperature. They also work in candy-bowl mixes alongside firmer gummies for a contrast in texture. Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from heat and humidity, and reseal it after opening so the foam candy does not dry out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Haribo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo was founded in Bonn, Germany in 1920 by Hans Riegel, and the name is an acronym of Hans Riegel Bonn. The company created the gummy bear in 1922 and is still family-owned, producing gummy, licorice, and foam-sugar candy in Germany and across Europe. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/haribo\"\u003eHaribo collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.haribo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eharibo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Haribo Sweet Mice contain gelatin or allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Haribo foam-sugar candies such as Sweet Mice are made with gelatin, so they are not suitable for vegetarians or vegans. Major allergens are not typical in this style of candy, but recipes and facility notices can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Haribo Sweet Mice marshmallow candy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can make the sugar coating sticky. Do not refrigerate. After opening, fold the bag closed or move the mice to an airtight container so the foam-sugar center stays soft, and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Haribo Sweet Mice and regular Haribo gummies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSweet Mice are a foam-sugar candy, so the texture is soft, airy, and marshmallow-like with a thin sugar coating on the outside. Regular Haribo gummies such as Gold Bears are firm and springy with a translucent, glossy surface. The mice are milder and sweeter, which makes them a popular choice for younger kids and for softer candy mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Sweet Mice imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) in the original 175 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Haribo Sweet Mice contain gelatin or allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Haribo foam-sugar candies such as Sweet Mice are made with gelatin, so they are not suitable for vegetarians or vegans. Major allergens are not typical in this style of candy, but recipes and facility notices can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Haribo Sweet Mice marshmallow candy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can make the sugar coating sticky. Do not refrigerate. After opening, fold the bag closed or move the mice to an airtight container so the foam-sugar center stays soft, and finish within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Haribo Sweet Mice and regular Haribo gummies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sweet Mice are a foam-sugar candy, so the texture is soft, airy, and marshmallow-like with a thin sugar coating on the outside. Regular Haribo gummies such as Gold Bears are firm and springy with a translucent, glossy surface. The mice are milder and sweeter, which makes them a popular choice for younger kids and for softer candy mixes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Haribo Sweet Mice imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) in the original 175 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45543909687487,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45543909720255,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45543909753023,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-PACK6","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/91RJ2NlasVL_a8bdaa92-07f5-4114-b6a6-311c7c5924b9.jpg?v=1777318386"},{"product_id":"zentis-aachener-pflumli-pflaumenmus-350-g","title":"Zentis Aachener Pflumli German Plum Jam, 350g (12.3 oz)","description":"\u003cp\u003eZentis Aachener Pflumli is a 12.3 oz (350 g) jar of German plum jam made to the traditional Aachener recipe, rich with ripe plum flavor for spreading on bread, toast, and pastries. It comes as a Single jar or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eZentis Aachener Pflumli: Traditional German Plum Jam for Breakfast Baking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Aachener recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — a classic German plum preserve recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade from ripe plums\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rich, full-bodied plum flavor in every spoonful\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile use\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bread spread, pastry filling, or baking ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Zentis in Aachen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 12.3 oz (350 g) glass jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the traditional format for this preserve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single jar, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpread it on toast, rolls, or bread for a classic German breakfast, or warm a spoonful and swirl it into yogurt or oatmeal. It also works as a filling for thumbprint cookies, pastries, and layer cakes. Store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry; once opened, keep it refrigerated and use a clean, dry spoon each time to help it stay fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Zentis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZentis is a German fruit-processing and confectionery company based in Aachen, making jams, preserves, and confectionery since 1893. Aachener Pflumli is one of its signature preserves, tied to the city's culinary tradition. Browse more European pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.zentis.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ezentis.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Zentis Aachener Pflumli contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo major allergens are listed on Zentis Aachener Pflumli; the ingredients are plums, sugar, caramelized sugar syrup, pectin, citric acid, and spices. The jam is made in a facility that may also process other fruit products. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the jar before eating, since ingredient lists can change between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Zentis Aachener Pflumli after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Once opened, refrigerate it and use a clean, dry spoon each time to avoid introducing bacteria that can shorten shelf life. Stored this way, an opened jar typically stays good for several weeks; check the printed best-by date for the manufacturer's guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use Zentis Aachener Pflumli plum jam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpread it on toast, rolls, or fresh bread for a traditional German breakfast, or stir a spoonful into warm oatmeal or plain yogurt. It also works well as a filling for pastries, thumbprint cookies, and layer cakes, or as a glaze brushed over a baked fruit tart before serving, adding a rich plum note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Zentis Aachener Pflumli imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This jam is made in Germany by Zentis in Aachen, following the traditional Aachener recipe. It is the same recipe and format sold in German grocery stores, not a reformulated version for the US market, so the ripe plum flavor and texture stay true to the original product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Zentis Aachener Pflumli contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No major allergens are listed on Zentis Aachener Pflumli; the ingredients are plums, sugar, caramelized sugar syrup, pectin, citric acid, and spices. The jam is made in a facility that may also process other fruit products. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed label on the jar before eating, since ingredient lists can change between batches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Zentis Aachener Pflumli after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Once opened, refrigerate it and use a clean, dry spoon each time to avoid introducing bacteria that can shorten shelf life. Stored this way, an opened jar typically stays good for several weeks; check the printed best-by date for the manufacturer's guidance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I use Zentis Aachener Pflumli plum jam?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Spread it on toast, rolls, or fresh bread for a traditional German breakfast, or stir a spoonful into warm oatmeal or plain yogurt. It also works well as a filling for pastries, thumbprint cookies, and layer cakes, or as a glaze brushed over a baked fruit tart before serving, adding a rich plum note.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Zentis Aachener Pflumli imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This jam is made in Germany by Zentis in Aachen, following the traditional Aachener recipe. It is the same recipe and format sold in German grocery stores, not a reformulated version for the US market, so the ripe plum flavor and texture stay true to the original product.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Zentis","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42607131328703,"sku":"ZENTIS-PFLUMLI-350G-SINGLE","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46002053513407,"sku":"ZENTIS-PFLUMLI-350G-PACK3","price":20.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46002053546175,"sku":"ZENTIS-PFLUMLI-350G-PACK6","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/zentis.png?v=1786472513"},{"product_id":"toblerone-swiss-milk-chocolate-bar-honey-almond-nougat-100g","title":"Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar 100g | Honey \u0026 Almond Nougat","description":"\u003cp\u003eToblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) Swiss milk chocolate bar in the famous triangular peak shape, filled with crunchy pieces of honey and almond nougat. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eToblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate: The Original Triangular Bar with Honey and Almond Nougat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth, creamy milk chocolate made with Swiss milk, the recipe Toblerone has used since 1908\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney and almond nougat\u003c\/strong\u003e — small crunchy pieces of honey-almond nougat set through every triangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic triangular peaks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar breaks into individual triangles inspired by the Swiss Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the European packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Bern, Switzerland\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at the original Toblerone factory to the European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off one triangle at a time by pressing the peak toward the bar rather than pulling it away, then let the chocolate soften on the tongue so the honey and almond pieces come through. Serve at room temperature with coffee, melt it into hot chocolate, or chop it over ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Toblerone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToblerone was created in Bern, Switzerland in 1908 by Theodor Tobler and Emil Baumann, who combined Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat in the now-famous triangular peaks. The bar is still produced in Bern and the brand is owned today by Mondelez International. The triangular peaks and the hidden bear in the mountain logo are recognized worldwide. Browse more European chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.toblerone.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etoblerone.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Toblerone Milk Chocolate and Toblerone White?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The Milk version uses classic Swiss milk chocolate with a clear cocoa flavor, while the White version uses a sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk. Choose Milk for the original Toblerone taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Toblerone Milk Chocolate and Toblerone White?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The Milk version uses classic Swiss milk chocolate with a clear cocoa flavor, while the White version uses a sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk. Choose Milk for the original Toblerone taste.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Toblerone","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45599522586815,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45599522619583,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK3","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45599522685119,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK6","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45599522717887,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/1_b8f95fa8-5882-4a1d-861b-9f5a16b64531.jpg?v=1778966003"},{"product_id":"schogetten-alpine-milk-chocolate-chopped-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts 3.52 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSchogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German milk chocolate bar molded into 18 individually divided pieces, with crunchy chopped hazelnuts mixed through smooth Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSchogetten Hazelnut: Alpine Milk Chocolate in 18 Pre-Portioned Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopped hazelnuts throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted hazelnut pieces spread evenly through every square for a light crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, creamy German milk chocolate with a mild cocoa flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 pre-portioned pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar is molded into separate squares that lift out of the tray one at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo knife, no crumbs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each piece is fully divided, so there is no snapping along scored lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Ludwig Schokolade in Saarlouis to the original European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the box, lift out a single square, and let it soften on the tongue so the milk chocolate melts around the hazelnut pieces. The portioned format makes it easy to pack two or three pieces in a lunchbox or to share around a table without breaking a bar. Keep the box between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and close the sleeve after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Schogetten\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchogetten is a German chocolate brand made by Ludwig Schokolade, part of the Krüger Group, at its factory in Saarlouis, Germany. The brand is known for its pre-portioned format: every bar is molded into individually divided pieces that break off cleanly without a knife. Schogetten bars are sold across Germany and Europe in many milk, dark, and filled varieties. Browse more German chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.schogetten.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eschogetten.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy lecithin, and it is produced in a facility that may also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Schogetten chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, close the sleeve or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Schogetten Hazelnut and a regular hazelnut chocolate bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe main difference is the format. Instead of a solid bar with scored lines, Schogetten is molded into 18 separate squares that sit in a tray, so each piece comes out clean without breaking or crumbs. The chocolate itself is a mild Alpine milk chocolate with chopped hazelnuts, comparable in style to other German milk chocolate bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Schogetten chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts in the original 100 g box, made by Ludwig Schokolade in Germany. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy lecithin, and it is produced in a facility that may also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Schogetten chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, close the sleeve or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Schogetten Hazelnut and a regular hazelnut chocolate bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The main difference is the format. Instead of a solid bar with scored lines, Schogetten is molded into 18 separate squares that sit in a tray, so each piece comes out clean without breaking or crumbs. The chocolate itself is a mild Alpine milk chocolate with chopped hazelnuts, comparable in style to other German milk chocolate bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Schogetten chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts in the original 100 g box, made by Ludwig Schokolade in Germany. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Schogetten","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45755193393343,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45755193426111,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45755193458879,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45755193491647,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51MqrY11L5L.png?v=1777323949"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-whole-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted hazelnuts set into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Whole Hazelnuts: German Milk Chocolate with Whole Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts packed into every square, not chopped pieces or paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating, since a cold bar mutes both the chocolate flavor and the hazelnut crunch. It pairs well with black coffee or cold milk, and chopped pieces work well over vanilla ice cream or in baking. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhole Hazelnuts uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate, giving a mild, creamy base around the nuts. The Nut Selection White Chocolate version swaps in a sweeter white chocolate shell instead. Both hold whole roasted hazelnuts and share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the difference is the chocolate itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Whole Hazelnuts uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate, giving a mild, creamy base around the nuts. The Nut Selection White Chocolate version swaps in a sweeter white chocolate shell instead. Both hold whole roasted hazelnuts and share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the difference is the chocolate itself.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603195814079,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603195846847,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603195879615,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603195912383,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_7e6886aa-fb6c-4b57-9d9b-d16ad8a804a8.png?v=1778970107"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-white-chocolate-whole-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts is a 3.5 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted hazelnuts set into smooth white chocolate, part of Ritter Sport's Nut Selection range. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate: Whole Hazelnuts in a Sweet White Chocolate Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts set through smooth white chocolate, not chopped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth white chocolate base\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's white chocolate recipe, sweeter and creamier than the milk chocolate bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNut Selection range\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of Ritter Sport's Nut Selection line, which pairs whole nuts with different chocolate bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating so the white chocolate softens and the hazelnuts deliver their full crunch. It pairs well with a cup of tea or cold milk. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Nut Selection bar uses a smooth white chocolate base, which is sweeter and milkier than the standard milk chocolate recipe. The regular Whole Hazelnuts bar uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate instead. Both hold the same whole roasted hazelnuts and come in the same 100 g square format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Nut Selection bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Nut Selection bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This Nut Selection bar uses a smooth white chocolate base, which is sweeter and milkier than the standard milk chocolate recipe. The regular Whole Hazelnuts bar uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate instead. Both hold the same whole roasted hazelnuts and come in the same 100 g square format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this Nut Selection bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Nut Selection bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45721402179775,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45721402212543,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45721402245311,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45721402278079,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_0d85741d-ab44-4743-9c95-60b6e320c417.png?v=1781804947"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-knusperflakes-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes, 3.53 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes is a 3.53 oz (100 g) German square bar with crispy cornflakes folded into smooth milk chocolate for a light, crunchy texture. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Knusperflakes: Crispy Cornflakes in Smooth Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy cornflakes throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — real cornflakes spread through every square for a light, toasty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighter texture than nut bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cornflakes give a crisper, airier bite than a filled or nut-based bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.53 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the cornflakes stay crisp against the smooth chocolate. It works well as an afternoon snack with coffee or hot cocoa, or broken into pieces for a lunchbox treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The cornflakes may carry trace gluten from processing, so anyone with a wheat or gluten concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Knusperflakes and Ritter Sport's nut bars like Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKnusperflakes is built around crispy cornflakes instead of nuts, so the bite is lighter, crunchier, and drier than a nut-filled bar. Whole Hazelnuts uses dense, oily whole nuts for a heavier, richer bite. Both use the same 100 g square format and Ritter Sport milk chocolate base; the texture is the main difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Knusperflakes imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The cornflakes may carry trace gluten from processing, so anyone with a wheat or gluten concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Knusperflakes and Ritter Sport's nut bars like Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Knusperflakes is built around crispy cornflakes instead of nuts, so the bite is lighter, crunchier, and drier than a nut-filled bar. Whole Hazelnuts uses dense, oily whole nuts for a heavier, richer bite. Both use the same 100 g square format and Ritter Sport milk chocolate base; the texture is the main difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Knusperflakes imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45720992088255,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45720992121023,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45720992153791,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45720992186559,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_91d67440-cd2d-4a7a-8294-189eab5dda86.png?v=1781804930"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-whole-almonds-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted almonds set into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Whole Almonds: German Milk Chocolate with Whole Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted almonds\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole almonds packed into every square, not slivered or chopped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — this bar carries a kosher certification mark on the wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating so the almonds deliver their full crunch. It pairs well with black coffee or a light afternoon tea. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, almonds, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Whole Almonds and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhole Almonds uses whole roasted almonds, which have a firmer bite and a milder, less oily flavor than hazelnuts. Whole Hazelnuts uses whole roasted hazelnuts instead, which are softer and richer tasting. Both use the same milk chocolate base and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the nut itself is the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Whole Almonds imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, almonds, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Whole Almonds and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Whole Almonds uses whole roasted almonds, which have a firmer bite and a milder, less oily flavor than hazelnuts. Whole Hazelnuts uses whole roasted hazelnuts instead, which are softer and richer tasting. Both use the same milk chocolate base and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the nut itself is the difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Whole Almonds imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605555011775,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605555044543,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605555077311,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605555110079,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61zeuDpOJsS.jpg?v=1777318539"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-hazelnut-praline-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with a hazelnut nougat center inside smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Nougat: Hazelnut Nougat Filling in Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHazelnut nougat filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft, praline-style nougat center made with hazelnuts fills every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-centered bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the nougat filling is smooth and spreadable, unlike a solid or nut-studded bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it sit at room temperature for a few minutes so the nougat filling softens before eating. It pairs well with coffee or hot cocoa as an after-dinner treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Nougat bar and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Nougat bar has a smooth, praline-style hazelnut nougat filling running through the center, so every bite is soft and creamy. Whole Hazelnuts instead studs the chocolate with whole roasted nuts for a firm, crunchy bite. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Nougat imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Nougat bar and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Nougat bar has a smooth, praline-style hazelnut nougat filling running through the center, so every bite is soft and creamy. Whole Hazelnuts instead studs the chocolate with whole roasted nuts for a firm, crunchy bite. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Nougat imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605630050495,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605630083263,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605630116031,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605630148799,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51PWYGIflrL.png?v=1777323943"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-butter-biscuit-cocoa-creme-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026 Cocoa Creme, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with a cocoa creme filling and crunchy butter biscuit pieces inside smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme: Three Textures in One Square Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCocoa creme and butter biscuit filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth cocoa creme layered with crunchy butter biscuit pieces inside every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — this bar carries a kosher certification mark on the wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-texture bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth chocolate, silky cocoa creme, and crisp biscuit combine in one square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the cocoa creme softens and the butter biscuit pieces stay crisp. It pairs well with coffee or hot cocoa as an after-dinner treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, wheat, and soy from the butter biscuit pieces, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or nut concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Nougat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis bar layers a cocoa creme with crunchy butter biscuit pieces, giving a mixed soft-and-crisp texture. The Nougat bar has a single smooth, soft hazelnut nougat filling with no biscuit crunch. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the filling and texture are the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, wheat, and soy from the butter biscuit pieces, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or nut concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Nougat?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This bar layers a cocoa creme with crunchy butter biscuit pieces, giving a mixed soft-and-crisp texture. The Nougat bar has a single smooth, soft hazelnut nougat filling with no biscuit crunch. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the filling and texture are the difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603272884415,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603272917183,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603272949951,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603272982719,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51FYqMxHJVL_70fd228f-9af3-4253-87ed-c209370e5a3e.png?v=1777321777"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-dark-chocolate-marzipan-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a smooth almond marzipan center wrapped in Ritter Sport dark chocolate. It is the genuine European bar made in Waldenbuch, Germany, with Rainforest Alliance certified cocoa, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan: German Square Bar with Almond Filling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarzipan filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, almond-flavored marzipan layer, a classic German pairing with dark chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark chocolate shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — bittersweet Ritter Sport dark chocolate balances the sweet marzipan center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sustainably sourced through the Rainforest Alliance program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — 16 pre-scored squares in the classic Ritter Sport Knick-Pack fold-to-open wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold the Knick-Pack wrapper open along the seam and break off a square. Eat it at room temperature so the marzipan stays soft and the dark chocolate melts cleanly; it pairs well with espresso, black tea, or a small glass of port. Chopped squares also work well in almond cakes and holiday cookies. Store the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and refold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart, Germany, since 1912. The square bar shape dates to 1932, when Clara Ritter wanted a bar that would fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The family-owned company sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance program and produces dozens of flavors. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The marzipan filling is made from almonds, so the bar contains tree nuts, and it is produced on lines that also handle milk, other nuts, soy, and wheat. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the chocolate flavor. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish the bar within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the marzipan filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is a smooth, dense almond paste with a mild sweetness, similar to traditional German marzipan candy. It contrasts with the bittersweet dark chocolate shell rather than adding more sweetness, so the bar reads as less sugary than a milk chocolate filled bar. Almond flavor, not almond pieces, is what comes through in each square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The marzipan filling is made from almonds, so the bar contains tree nuts, and it is produced on lines that also handle milk, other nuts, soy, and wheat. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the chocolate flavor. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish the bar within a couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the marzipan filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is a smooth, dense almond paste with a mild sweetness, similar to traditional German marzipan candy. It contrasts with the bittersweet dark chocolate shell rather than adding more sweetness, so the bar reads as less sugary than a milk chocolate filled bar. Almond flavor, not almond pieces, is what comes through in each square.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603250307263,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603250340031,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603250372799,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603250405567,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_514d29dd-6a08-4e74-9e60-ca6c466ff5e4.png?v=1778970138"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-alpine-milk-chocolate-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar of smooth, creamy milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, clean sweetness. It is Kosher certified and Rainforest Alliance certified, available as a Single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate: Kosher, Rainforest Alliance Certified Square Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with Alpine milk for a smooth, mild, and creamy milk chocolate flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — meets kosher dietary certification standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — cocoa sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic square format\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's signature square bar shape, easy to break into even pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Waldenbuch, Germany by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar sit at room temperature for a few minutes before eating so the chocolate softens slightly and the flavor comes through fully. Break off a square along the grid lines and let it melt slowly rather than chewing it quickly. Store in a cool, dry place between about 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a German chocolate brand made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, a family-owned company that has produced its signature square bars since 1912. The brand sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program and sells a wide range of square bar flavors across Europe and the United States. Browse more chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk, and it is produced in a facility that also handles nuts and soy. Anyone with a milk, nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bar before eating, since recipes and facility allergen notices can change between production runs at the Waldenbuch factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between roughly 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the milk chocolate flavor. Reseal the wrapper after opening and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk different from Ritter Sport dark chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlpine Milk uses milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, creamy, and mellow sweetness, while Ritter Sport's dark chocolate squares use a higher cocoa content for a more intense, less sweet bite. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square bar format and are produced at the same Waldenbuch, Germany factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar is made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, in the original 100 g square format rather than a version made for another market. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from New Jersey, so customers across the United States and Canada receive the same bar sold in German grocery stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk, and it is produced in a facility that also handles nuts and soy. Anyone with a milk, nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bar before eating, since recipes and facility allergen notices can change between production runs at the Waldenbuch factory.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between roughly 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the milk chocolate flavor. Reseal the wrapper after opening and finish within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk different from Ritter Sport dark chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Alpine Milk uses milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, creamy, and mellow sweetness, while Ritter Sport's dark chocolate squares use a higher cocoa content for a more intense, less sweet bite. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square bar format and are produced at the same Waldenbuch, Germany factory.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar is made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026 Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, in the original 100 g square format rather than a version made for another market. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from New Jersey, so customers across the United States and Canada receive the same bar sold in German grocery stores.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605691982015,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605692014783,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605692047551,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605692080319,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d1f0cf15-4798-44ab-b313-dcf798a5e2ee.png?v=1778970184"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-roasted-salted-cashews-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Roasted Salted Cashews, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Roasted Salted Cashews is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted, lightly salted cashews set into Ritter Sport's smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine European bar made in Waldenbuch, Germany, with Rainforest Alliance certified cocoa, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Cashews: Roasted Salted Cashews in Smooth Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted, salted cashews\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole cashews, lightly salted, spread through every square for a nutty, savory-sweet bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's signature creamy milk chocolate base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sustainably sourced through the Rainforest Alliance program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport format in the fold-to-open Knick-Pack wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold open the Knick-Pack wrapper and break off a square. Eat it at room temperature so the milk chocolate is smooth and the roasted cashews stay crunchy; it pairs well with black coffee or a glass of white wine. Chopped squares also work well over vanilla ice cream. Store the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and refold the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart, Germany, since 1912. The square bar shape dates to 1932, when Clara Ritter wanted a bar that would fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The family-owned company sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance program and produces dozens of flavors. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, cashews, and soy, and it is produced on lines that also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Cashew chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the salt on the cashews. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the cashews in this bar different from a plain nut bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cashews are whole, roasted, and lightly salted before being set into the milk chocolate, so each square carries a savory-sweet contrast rather than an even nutty flavor throughout. The salt is light enough that the milk chocolate still leads, with the cashew crunch and saltiness arriving as a secondary note on the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, cashews, and soy, and it is produced on lines that also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Cashew chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the salt on the cashews. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish within a couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes the cashews in this bar different from a plain nut bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The cashews are whole, roasted, and lightly salted before being set into the milk chocolate, so each square carries a savory-sweet contrast rather than an even nutty flavor throughout. The salt is light enough that the milk chocolate still leads, with the cashew crunch and saltiness arriving as a secondary note on the finish.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605768167615,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605768200383,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605768233151,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605768265919,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81dHQfu1sTL.png?v=1777322337"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-coconut-cream-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling (Kokos) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a soft coconut and milk cream center, flecked with coconut, inside smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Coconut: Coconut Milk Cream Filling in German Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoconut and milk cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft, sweet center with real coconut flakes for a light tropical flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the creamy Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell that carries the whole range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 filled squares that snap along the lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnick-Pack wrapper\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fold-open packaging that breaks the bar as you open it and folds back closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, sold there as Ritter Sport Kokos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and let a square soften on the tongue so the coconut cream comes through the milk chocolate. It is best at room temperature; ten minutes in the fridge gives a firmer, cleaner bite in summer. Chopped squares work well over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contains milk and coconut, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Ritter Sport Coconut filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe center is a sweet, creamy blend of milk cream and shredded coconut, closer to a coconut candy bar than to fresh coconut. It is soft but holds its shape when the square is broken, and the milk chocolate shell adds sweetness. Compared with the Strawberry Yogurt square it is richer and less tangy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contains milk and coconut, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Ritter Sport Coconut filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The center is a sweet, creamy blend of milk cream and shredded coconut, closer to a coconut candy bar than to fresh coconut. It is soft but holds its shape when the square is broken, and the milk chocolate shell adds sweetness. Compared with the Strawberry Yogurt square it is richer and less tangy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605766660287,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605766693055,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605766725823,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605766758591,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_0b3e8215-dc09-481d-893f-db034c3a20ba.png?v=1778970195"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-assorted-chocolate-variety-pack","title":"Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack, 3.52 oz (100g) Each","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack is a randomly selected mix of full-size 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bars drawn from the Ritter Sport flavors in stock, such as Alpine Milk, Whole Hazelnuts, Marzipan, Coconut, and Strawberry Yogurt. Every bar is the genuine imported product, available in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Variety Pack: A Surprise Mix of Full-Size German Chocolate Squares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size squares only\u003c\/strong\u003e — each bar is the classic 3.52 oz (100 g) Ritter Sport square, never minis or samples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRandomly selected flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn from favorites such as Alpine Milk, Whole Hazelnuts, Marzipan, Coconut, Cornflakes, and Strawberry Yogurt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk, dark, and filled bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — a typical pack mixes solid chocolate squares with cream-filled and nut varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssortment may repeat\u003c\/strong\u003e — selection depends on stock; a pack can include more than one of the same flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — every bar is produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, the same bars sold in German supermarkets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for tasting, gifting, and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the pack and line the bars up by color for a tasting, starting with plain Alpine Milk and moving to nut and filled varieties. Snap each square along the Knick-Pack fold and eat at room temperature. Keep unopened bars between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold opened wrappers closed. For gifting, the bright square wrappers stack neatly in a small box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ritter Sport bar contains milk, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, or soy. All are made on shared lines that handle tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy. Anyone with a food allergy should read each printed wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport chocolate bars from the variety pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled squares such as Coconut and Strawberry Yogurt are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose which flavors are in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pack is randomly selected from the Ritter Sport squares in stock when your order ships, which is what keeps the price below buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Ritter Sport collection, where every single flavor we carry is listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bars in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every bar in the pack is the authentic German Ritter Sport square in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipes and Knick-Pack wrappers sold in German supermarkets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every Ritter Sport bar contains milk, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, or soy. All are made on shared lines that handle tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy. Anyone with a food allergy should read each printed wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport chocolate bars from the variety pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled squares such as Coconut and Strawberry Yogurt are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I choose which flavors are in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The pack is randomly selected from the Ritter Sport squares in stock when your order ships, which is what keeps the price below buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Ritter Sport collection, where every single flavor we carry is listed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the bars in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every bar in the pack is the authentic German Ritter Sport square in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipes and Knick-Pack wrappers sold in German supermarkets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45754967916735,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45754967949503,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45754967982271,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/71_BYWsrlSL.png?v=1777322887"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-dark-chocolate-50-cocoa-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa 100g | Halbbitter, Product of Germany","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa (Halbbitter) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar of smooth semi-dark chocolate with 50 percent cocoa, the classic middle point between milk and bittersweet. It is the genuine imported bar, kosher certified, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Halbbitter: Smooth 50 Percent Cocoa Dark Chocolate Square\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 percent cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — a semi-dark bar with real cocoa depth but none of the harshness of very high-percentage chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth, even squares that melt cleanly, ideal for eating plain or for baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the German wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 squares with the Knick-Pack fold-open wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch with certified sustainably sourced cocoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and let a square melt slowly on the tongue to taste the cocoa. Halbbitter is the Ritter Sport bar most often used in the kitchen: chop it for cookies, melt it for ganache or a chocolate sauce, or shave it over desserts. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contains milk in the form of butterfat and may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line, so it is not a dairy-free bar. Anyone with a milk, nut, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Halbbitter and Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalbbitter sits at 50 percent cocoa, so it is smooth and only mildly bitter, closer to a rich milk chocolate than a bittersweet bar. Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark uses 81 percent cocoa for a much more intense, less sweet taste. Halbbitter is the better choice for baking and for people new to dark chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contains milk in the form of butterfat and may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line, so it is not a dairy-free bar. Anyone with a milk, nut, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Halbbitter and Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Halbbitter sits at 50 percent cocoa, so it is smooth and only mildly bitter, closer to a rich milk chocolate than a bittersweet bar. Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark uses 81 percent cocoa for a much more intense, less sweet taste. Halbbitter is the better choice for baking and for people new to dark chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45765085069503,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45765085102271,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45765085135039,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45765085167807,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/8138vL7FyqL.png?v=1777325405"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-strawberry-yogurt-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling (Erdbeer Joghurt) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a pink, tangy strawberry yogurt cream center inside smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Strawberry Yogurt: Tangy Fruit Cream in German Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberry yogurt cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light pink cream made with yogurt powder and strawberry for a sweet-tart taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the creamy Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell that carries the whole range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 filled squares that snap along the lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSustainably sourced cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with 100 percent certified cocoa carrying the Rainforest Alliance seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, sold there as Ritter Sport Erdbeer Joghurt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and eat the squares at room temperature so the yogurt cream stays soft against the milk chocolate. It pairs well with sparkling water or as a light dessert bite, and chopped squares work in vanilla ice cream or white cake batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contains milk, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Strawberry Yogurt contain real strawberries and yogurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is made with dried yogurt powder and strawberry powder from real fruit, which give the pink color and the tangy, fresh taste. It is not a jam or liquid fruit center, so it stays firm at room temperature and does not run when a square is broken. The milk chocolate shell is the same used across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contains milk, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Strawberry Yogurt contain real strawberries and yogurt?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is made with dried yogurt powder and strawberry powder from real fruit, which give the pink color and the tangy, fresh taste. It is not a jam or liquid fruit center, so it stays firm at room temperature and does not run when a square is broken. The milk chocolate shell is the same used across the range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603323740351,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603323773119,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603323805887,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603323838655,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_50319c53-0ac5-4b31-80e9-4e16027ffe93.png?v=1778970167"},{"product_id":"polar-seltzer-variety-special-cranberry-lime-mandarin-ruby-red-grapefruit","title":"Polar Seltzer Variety Special","description":"\u003cp\u003ePolar Seltzer Variety Special is an assorted pack of Polar Seltzer 12 fl oz (355 mL) cans in four flavors, Ruby Red Grapefruit, Cranberry Lime, Mandarin, and Lime, with zero calories, zero sweeteners, and zero sodium. It is sold as one variety pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePolar Seltzer Variety Pack: Zero-Calorie Sparkling Water in Four Citrus Flavors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour flavors in one pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ruby Red Grapefruit, Cranberry Lime, Mandarin, and Lime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, zero sweeteners, zero sodium\u003c\/strong\u003e — carbonated water and natural flavors only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar or artificial ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, crisp seltzer without aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Worcester, Massachusetts\u003c\/strong\u003e — bottled by Polar Beverages, a family company since 1882\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 fl oz (355 mL) aluminum cans\u003c\/strong\u003e — fridge-friendly slim cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for most diets, with nothing to count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill the cans and drink them straight, or pour over ice with a wedge of the matching fruit. Cranberry Lime and Ruby Red Grapefruit make good mixers for vodka and gin, and Lime brightens a glass of iced tea. Store unopened cans in a cool, dry place away from sunlight; for the best fizz, refrigerate for at least two hours before opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Polar Seltzer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolar Beverages has been bottling in Worcester, Massachusetts, since 1882 and is still run by the founding Crowley family, making it the largest independent soft drink bottler in the United States. Polar Seltzer, its flagship, comes in dozens of natural flavors and a rotating seasonal line. Find more drinks in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrink Collection\u003c\/a\u003e, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.polarseltzer.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epolarseltzer.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Polar Seltzer contain allergens, sugar, or sweeteners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Every Polar Seltzer flavor contains only carbonated water and natural flavors, with zero calories, zero sugar, zero sweeteners, and zero sodium, and the cans are labeled kosher and gluten-free. No major allergens are declared. Anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label on the can before drinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I serve and store Polar Seltzer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eServe it cold, straight from the can or over ice with a slice of citrus. Keep unopened cans in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, and refrigerate for at least two hours before opening for the sharpest carbonation. Once opened, finish the can the same day, since the bubbles fade within hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich flavors are in the Polar Seltzer Variety Special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pack pictured includes four Polar Seltzer flavors: Ruby Red Grapefruit, Cranberry Lime, Mandarin, and Lime. Grapefruit and Cranberry Lime lean tart, Mandarin is the sweetest-tasting despite having no sugar, and Lime is the crispest. The exact mix in a pack may vary with availability, so check the pack label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Polar Seltzer made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolar Seltzer is made in Worcester, Massachusetts, by Polar Beverages, a family-owned bottler founded in 1882. The seltzer has been a New England staple for decades and is now sold across the United States. This variety pack lets you try four of the most popular citrus flavors in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Polar Seltzer contain allergens, sugar, or sweeteners?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Every Polar Seltzer flavor contains only carbonated water and natural flavors, with zero calories, zero sugar, zero sweeteners, and zero sodium, and the cans are labeled kosher and gluten-free. No major allergens are declared. Anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label on the can before drinking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I serve and store Polar Seltzer?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Serve it cold, straight from the can or over ice with a slice of citrus. Keep unopened cans in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, and refrigerate for at least two hours before opening for the sharpest carbonation. Once opened, finish the can the same day, since the bubbles fade within hours.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which flavors are in the Polar Seltzer Variety Special?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The pack pictured includes four Polar Seltzer flavors: Ruby Red Grapefruit, Cranberry Lime, Mandarin, and Lime. Grapefruit and Cranberry Lime lean tart, Mandarin is the sweetest-tasting despite having no sugar, and Lime is the crispest. The exact mix in a pack may vary with availability, so check the pack label.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Polar Seltzer made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Polar Seltzer is made in Worcester, Massachusetts, by Polar Beverages, a family-owned bottler founded in 1882. The seltzer has been a New England staple for decades and is now sold across the United States. This variety pack lets you try four of the most popular citrus flavors in one order.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42627996844223,"sku":"2359_4.00_24.89- LOCAL","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/81GygmyrEhL.jpg?v=1777318881"},{"product_id":"poland-spring-mini-water-bottles-8-oz","title":"Poland Spring Mini Water Bottles, 8 fl oz – Natural Spring Water","description":"\u003cp\u003ePoland Spring Mini Water Bottles are 8 fl oz (237 mL) bottles of still, 100 percent natural spring water sourced from springs in Maine, sized for lunchboxes, kids' parties, meetings, and small coolers. Choose a single bottle or a Pack of 12, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePoland Spring 8 oz Mini Bottles: Natural Spring Water for Lunches and Parties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent natural spring water\u003c\/strong\u003e — still, unflavored spring water with naturally occurring electrolytes and one ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 fl oz (237 mL) mini size\u003c\/strong\u003e — half the size of a standard bottle, so kids and guests finish it without waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, no sweeteners\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain water with nothing added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSourced in Maine\u003c\/strong\u003e — Poland Spring draws from a group of springs in Maine and bottles it there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — lightweight plastic bottle; cap and label recyclability vary by local program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single bottle or Pack of 12 for lunch rotation, offices, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill the bottles and drop one into a lunch bag, cooler, or diaper bag; the 8 oz size also suits meeting tables, waiting rooms, and kids' sports. It is plain still spring water, so it can be used for mixing infant formula or juice concentrate where your pediatrician or the product label allows. Store unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals, which can affect taste through the plastic. After opening, recap, refrigerate, and finish within a day or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Poland Spring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoland Spring takes its name from the town of Poland, Maine, where the original spring was first bottled in 1845 and the Poland Spring House resort drew visitors through the 1800s. Today the brand draws from several springs across Maine and is one of the best-selling bottled spring waters in the northeastern United States. It is owned by Primo Brands, the company formed from BlueTriton and Primo Water. Browse more bottled waters and sodas in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrink Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.polandspring.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epolandspring.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Poland Spring mini water contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Poland Spring Natural Spring Water has one ingredient, spring water, with no added flavors, sweeteners, or colors, so it contains none of the major food allergens. It has zero calories and naturally occurring electrolytes only. As with any packaged beverage, read the printed label on the bottle or case for the current water quality and ingredient statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Poland Spring 8 oz bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaning products. Serve chilled; it is still water, so it will not fizz. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) size is meant to be finished in one sitting, but if you recap a bottle, refrigerate it and drink it within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 8 oz mini and the standard 16.9 oz Poland Spring bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe water is identical natural spring water from Maine. The mini holds 8 fl oz (237 mL), less than half the standard 16.9 fl oz bottle, so it fits lunch bags and small hands and avoids half-finished bottles at parties and meetings. The standard bottle is the better choice for a gym bag, a car ride, or all-day hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does Poland Spring water come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePoland Spring is sourced from a group of natural springs in Maine and bottled there, making it a US product rather than an import. The brand began at the original spring in Poland, Maine, in 1845. This 8 fl oz mini bottle is the standard US retail size, sold here as a single or in a Pack of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Poland Spring mini water contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Poland Spring Natural Spring Water has one ingredient, spring water, with no added flavors, sweeteners, or colors, so it contains none of the major food allergens. It has zero calories and naturally occurring electrolytes only. As with any packaged beverage, read the printed label on the bottle or case for the current water quality and ingredient statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Poland Spring 8 oz bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaning products. Serve chilled; it is still water, so it will not fizz. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) size is meant to be finished in one sitting, but if you recap a bottle, refrigerate it and drink it within a day.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 8 oz mini and the standard 16.9 oz Poland Spring bottle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The water is identical natural spring water from Maine. The mini holds 8 fl oz (237 mL), less than half the standard 16.9 fl oz bottle, so it fits lunch bags and small hands and avoids half-finished bottles at parties and meetings. The standard bottle is the better choice for a gym bag, a car ride, or all-day hydration.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where does Poland Spring water come from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Poland Spring is sourced from a group of natural springs in Maine and bottled there, making it a US product rather than an import. The brand began at the original spring in Poland, Maine, in 1845. This 8 fl oz mini bottle is the standard US retail size, sold here as a single or in a Pack of 12.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Poland Spring","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45865679454399,"sku":"POLAND-SPRING-8OZ-1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 12","offer_id":42576476176575,"sku":"POLAND-SPRING-8OZ-12","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/poland-spring-mini-water-8oz-single.png?v=1784296666"},{"product_id":"tonnino-tuna-fillet-in-water-6-7-oz","title":"Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water – 6.7 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eTonnino Tuna Fillets in Water is a 6.7 oz (190 g) glass jar of whole hand-packed yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt, with nothing else added. The fish is wild caught, dolphin safe, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified, and each jar is ready to eat straight from the pantry. It is available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTonnino Tuna Fillets in Water: Hand-Packed Yellowfin Tuna in a Glass Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole fillet cuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — hand-packed pieces of yellowfin tuna, not flakes or chunks, for a firm, meaty texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree simple ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuna, water, and sea salt, so the clean flavor of the fish comes through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught and dolphin safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — responsibly sourced yellowfin, Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — see the fillets before you buy, and reseal the jar in the refrigerator after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh in protein, low in fat\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed in water rather than oil for a lighter option; see the label for values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.7 oz (190 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrain the water and flake the fillets gently with a fork, or lift them out whole to keep the pieces intact. Toss with olive oil, lemon, capers, and white beans for a quick salad, layer on toast or in a sandwich, fold into pasta, or top a grain bowl. Store unopened jars in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, transfer any leftover tuna and liquid to a covered container, refrigerate, and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Tonnino\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTonnino is a specialty tuna brand that packs whole hand-cut fillets in glass jars rather than flaking them into cans, so you can see the quality of the fish before you open it. The line is produced in Costa Rica and includes yellowfin and albacore in water, olive oil, and seasoned oils, with a focus on responsibly caught fish and simple ingredient lists. See the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection, browse more pantry staples in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.tonnino.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etonnino.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it contains fish (tuna). The only other ingredients are water and sea salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, soy, egg, or nuts, and the jar is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because ingredient and facility statements can change between production lots, read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnopened jars are shelf stable; keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight and use by the date printed on the lid. After opening, refrigerate any leftover fillets in their liquid in a covered container and eat them within two days. Do not freeze the glass jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Tonnino Tuna in Water and Tonnino Tuna in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fish is the same hand-packed yellowfin fillet; only the packing liquid changes. The water and sea salt version is lighter, lower in fat, and lets the clean tuna flavor lead, which suits salads and dishes where you add your own dressing. Olive oil versions are richer, silkier, and ready to eat with just bread or greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack options are available for Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach glass jar holds 6.7 oz (190 g) of yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt. You can order a Single jar to try it, a Pack of 3 for regular lunches, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry, and the multi-packs lower the price per jar. All jars are shelf stable, so stocking up is easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it contains fish (tuna). The only other ingredients are water and sea salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, soy, egg, or nuts, and the jar is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because ingredient and facility statements can change between production lots, read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Unopened jars are shelf stable; keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight and use by the date printed on the lid. After opening, refrigerate any leftover fillets in their liquid in a covered container and eat them within two days. Do not freeze the glass jar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Tonnino Tuna in Water and Tonnino Tuna in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The fish is the same hand-packed yellowfin fillet; only the packing liquid changes. The water and sea salt version is lighter, lower in fat, and lets the clean tuna flavor lead, which suits salads and dishes where you add your own dressing. Olive oil versions are richer, silkier, and ready to eat with just bread or greens.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack options are available for Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each glass jar holds 6.7 oz (190 g) of yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt. You can order a Single jar to try it, a Pack of 3 for regular lunches, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry, and the multi-packs lower the price per jar. All jars are shelf stable, so stocking up is easy.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Tonnino","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42613374451903,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-SINGLE","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45812487356607,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-PACK3","price":23.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45812487389375,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-PACK6","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81iClV7MzLL_93bd9a91-a199-4875-a5f7-c720c52c0717.png?v=1778964085"},{"product_id":"nestle-pure-life-purified-water-8oz-pack-of-15","title":"Nestlé Pure Life Purified Water, 8 fl oz Bottles, Pack of 15 (120 fl oz Total)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life Purified Water 8 fl oz Bottles, Pack of 15, is a case of fifteen 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottles, 120 fl oz in total, of purified drinking water with a light blend of minerals added for taste. The small bottle size suits kids' lunchboxes, sports bags, and party coolers, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNestle Pure Life 8 oz Mini Bottles: Kid-Size Purified Water for Lunchboxes and Events\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurified water with minerals for taste\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is filtered through a multi-step purification process, then a small amount of minerals is added for a clean, neutral taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-serve size that fits a child's hand and lunchbox and is finished before it goes warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 15 bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — 120 fl oz per case, enough for a week of school lunches or one party cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — lightweight clear plastic with a twist cap that reseals between sips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, no sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain still water with nothing added except trace minerals for taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottled in the United States\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at regional bottling plants for the North American market\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill the bottles for a few hours before serving; the 8 oz size cools quickly in a cooler with ice. Pack one per lunchbox, hand them out at soccer games and birthday parties, or keep a few in the car for short trips. Store unopened bottles in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaners or gasoline, and use by the date printed on the cap. Once opened, drink within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Nestle Pure Life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life launched in 1998 and grew into one of the most widely sold bottled water brands in the world, with a focus on affordable family hydration. In North America the brand is now bottled and distributed under license by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, at regional plants across the United States. The Nestle name still appears on the label. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrinks\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nestle.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enestle.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Nestle Pure Life 8 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 8 oz and 16.9 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth hold the same purified water. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children, small hands, and short outings, and comes 15 to a case. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case. Choose the mini for lunchboxes and parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Nestle Pure Life 8 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 8 oz and 16.9 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both hold the same purified water. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children, small hands, and short outings, and comes 15 to a case. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case. Choose the mini for lunchboxes and parties.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Nestle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42422619406527,"sku":"NESTLE-PURELIFE-8OZ-15PK","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/71mmrb4EfIL_fbd85f4c-0e61-46f8-aaf5-e29bf97d89cd.jpg?v=1777319519"},{"product_id":"nestle-water-pure-life-purified-water-16-9-fl-oz-bottle-pack-of-10-total","title":"Nestle Water, Pure Life, Purified Water, 16.9 Fl Oz Bottle (Pack of 10, Total of 169 Fl Oz)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life Purified Water 16.9 fl oz Bottles, Pack of 10, is a case of ten standard 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottles, 169 fl oz in total, of purified drinking water with a light blend of minerals added for taste. It is the everyday single-serve size for work, school, the gym, and the car, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNestle Pure Life 16.9 oz Bottles: Everyday Purified Water in a 10-Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurified water with minerals for taste\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is filtered through a multi-step purification process, then a small amount of minerals is added for a clean, neutral taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard single-serve size that fits car cup holders, gym bags, and desk drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 10 bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — 169 fl oz per case, a convenient count for a small household or office fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — lightweight clear plastic with a twist cap that reseals between sips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, no sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain still water with nothing added except trace minerals for taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottled in the United States\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at regional bottling plants for the North American market\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill a few bottles in the refrigerator and keep the rest of the case in the pantry. Grab one for the commute, the gym, or a desk drawer; the resealable cap makes it easy to sip through the day. Store unopened bottles in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaners or gasoline, and use by the date printed on the cap. Once opened, drink within a day or refrigerate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Nestle Pure Life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life launched in 1998 and grew into one of the most widely sold bottled water brands in the world, with a focus on affordable family hydration. In North America the brand is now bottled and distributed under license by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, at regional plants across the United States. The Nestle name still appears on the label. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrinks\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nestle.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enestle.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Nestle Pure Life 16.9 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 16.9 oz and 8 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth hold the same purified water. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case, 169 fl oz total. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children and short outings and comes 15 to a case. Choose this size for daily hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Nestle Pure Life 16.9 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 16.9 oz and 8 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both hold the same purified water. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case, 169 fl oz total. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children and short outings and comes 15 to a case. Choose this size for daily hydration.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Nestle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42422619537599,"sku":"1.5_332_20181127","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/61GauXbtvWL.png?v=1777324214"},{"product_id":"milka-tuc-cracker-chocolate-bar-87g","title":"Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with TUC Crackers, 3 oz (87g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar is a 3 oz (87 g) European milk chocolate bar with crunchy TUC cracker pieces set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker: Savory Cracker Crunch in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy TUC cracker pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — real TUC cracker bits set into every square for a salty, buttery crunch against the sweet chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz (87 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a compact European format sized for everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet-and-salty profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs a savory cracker crunch with mild milk chocolate, unlike Milka's fruit- or cream-filled bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the chocolate soften for a second before the cracker crunch comes through; the contrast works best at room temperature. It makes a quick afternoon snack with coffee or tea, and broken pieces work well scattered over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker different from a plain Milka Alpine Milk bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA plain Milka Alpine Milk bar is solid milk chocolate with no filling, while Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker sets crunchy TUC cracker pieces right into the chocolate for a savory, salty contrast. The cracker pieces make this bar firmer and more textured than a smooth Milka bar. Both share the same Alpine milk chocolate base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker different from a plain Milka Alpine Milk bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A plain Milka Alpine Milk bar is solid milk chocolate with no filling, while Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker sets crunchy TUC cracker pieces right into the chocolate for a savory, salty contrast. The cracker pieces make this bar firmer and more textured than a smooth Milka bar. Both share the same Alpine milk chocolate base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737274900671,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737274933439,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737274966207,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737274998975,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1b5ae213-9192-4a56-8c86-b87b71a08a16.png?v=1781805037"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-brownie-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Oreo Brownie Pieces, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a soft brownie-style filling and crunchy Oreo cookie pieces wrapped in Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo Brownie: Alpine Milk Chocolate Meets Oreo Cookie Crunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrownie-style filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft cocoa layer with real Oreo cookie pieces sits inside every square, giving a richer bite than the classic Milka Oreo bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format, about 18 squares per bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced to Milka's European quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a row of squares and let the chocolate soften on the tongue for a few seconds so the brownie filling and Oreo pieces come through together. For dessert, chop the bar over vanilla ice cream, fold chunks into cookie or brownie batter, or melt it slowly for a cocoa-Oreo dipping sauce. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClassic Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream layer with Oreo cookie pieces inside the milk chocolate. Milka Oreo Brownie replaces the cream with a soft brownie-style filling mixed with Oreo cookie pieces, so it tastes richer and more cocoa-forward. Both use the same 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate shell and come in the same 3.52 oz (100 g) bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Classic Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream layer with Oreo cookie pieces inside the milk chocolate. Milka Oreo Brownie replaces the cream with a soft brownie-style filling mixed with Oreo cookie pieces, so it tastes richer and more cocoa-forward. Both use the same 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate shell and come in the same 3.52 oz (100 g) bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737245409471,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737245442239,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737245475007,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737245507775,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_a0dfc792-2598-4f47-b44b-587c15cb71ae.png?v=1781805036"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-sandwich-chocolate-bar-92g","title":"Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Mini Oreo Biscuits, 3.24 oz (92g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar is a 3.24 oz (92 g) European milk chocolate bar with whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo Sandwich: Mini Oreo Cookies Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole mini Oreo sandwiches\u003c\/strong\u003e — each square holds a complete mini Oreo cookie with its vanilla cream, not just crumbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.24 oz (92 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with a thicker profile to fit the cookies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookie crunch in every bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the crisp Oreo wafer contrasts with the soft milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines so each piece keeps a whole mini Oreo inside, then let the chocolate soften on the tongue before biting into the cookie. It pairs well with cold milk or coffee. For desserts, chop the bar over ice cream or press pieces into cookie dough before baking. Keep it between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo Sandwich and Milka Oreo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Oreo has a smooth vanilla cream layer with small Oreo pieces inside the chocolate. Milka Oreo Sandwich instead sets whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies, cream and all, into the Alpine milk chocolate, so you get a crunchier bite and a slightly thicker 3.24 oz (92 g) bar. Both share the same Milka milk chocolate shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar in the original 92 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo Sandwich and Milka Oreo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Oreo has a smooth vanilla cream layer with small Oreo pieces inside the chocolate. Milka Oreo Sandwich instead sets whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies, cream and all, into the Alpine milk chocolate, so you get a crunchier bite and a slightly thicker 3.24 oz (92 g) bar. Both share the same Milka milk chocolate shell.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar in the original 92 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736980447423,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736980480191,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736980512959,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736980545727,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_cded980c-e561-4775-8720-84f96ab102b4.png?v=1781805021"},{"product_id":"milka-whole-hazelnuts-chocolate-bar-95g","title":"Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.35 oz (95g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar is a 3.35 oz (95 g) European milk chocolate bar packed with whole roasted hazelnuts in Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts: Roasted Whole Nuts in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts in every square, not chopped pieces or paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.35 oz (95 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format, thicker than a standard bar to hold the nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy, nutty bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted hazelnut flavor balances the sweet milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the chocolate melts around the hazelnuts. It works well as an afternoon snack with coffee or chopped over vanilla ice cream and yogurt. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening to keep the nuts crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Whole Hazelnuts and Milka Hazelnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts contains whole roasted hazelnuts set directly into the Alpine milk chocolate, giving a firm crunch. Milka Hazelnut, the 3.17 oz (90 g) bar, uses chopped hazelnut pieces at about nine percent, so it is smoother and softer. Choose Whole Hazelnuts for texture and Hazelnut for a milder, more chocolate-forward bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar in the original 95 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Whole Hazelnuts and Milka Hazelnut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Whole Hazelnuts contains whole roasted hazelnuts set directly into the Alpine milk chocolate, giving a firm crunch. Milka Hazelnut, the 3.17 oz (90 g) bar, uses chopped hazelnut pieces at about nine percent, so it is smoother and softer. Choose Whole Hazelnuts for texture and Hazelnut for a milder, more chocolate-forward bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar in the original 95 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737207562431,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737207595199,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737207627967,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737207660735,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/71UvSYoyvoL_8c5a8696-ea77-4016-8ab3-d2da6e9afd3c.png?v=1777324007"},{"product_id":"milka-mousse-au-chocolat-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Chocolate Mousse Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a light, airy chocolate mousse filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Mousse au Chocolat: Airy Chocolate Mousse in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhipped mousse filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light, aerated chocolate center that melts faster than solid chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with large, thick squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDessert-style bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of Milka's dessert range, inspired by French mousse au chocolat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let it rest on the tongue; the mousse filling softens within seconds and the milk chocolate shell follows. Serve at room temperature for the fullest texture. It also works well chilled for ten minutes as a firmer dessert bite. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the mousse au chocolat filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is a whipped, aerated milk chocolate cream, so it is lighter and softer than a truffle or caramel center. It tastes like a spoonful of chocolate mousse dessert with a mild cocoa note, and the Alpine milk chocolate shell adds sweetness and creaminess. The texture is the main difference from a solid Milka bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the mousse au chocolat filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is a whipped, aerated milk chocolate cream, so it is lighter and softer than a truffle or caramel center. It tastes like a spoonful of chocolate mousse dessert with a mild cocoa note, and the Alpine milk chocolate shell adds sweetness and creaminess. The texture is the main difference from a solid Milka bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737197011135,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737197043903,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737197076671,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737197109439,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/116690_grande_1.jpg?v=1778964910"},{"product_id":"milka-hazelnut-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Hazelnuts (9%), 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European milk chocolate bar with chopped roasted hazelnuts, about nine percent by weight, mixed through Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Hazelnut: Chopped Roasted Hazelnuts in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopped roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — about nine percent hazelnut pieces spread evenly through every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic European Milka format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth with a light crunch\u003c\/strong\u003e — finer nut pieces than the Whole Hazelnuts bar, so the chocolate stays the star\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off a row and enjoy it at room temperature with coffee or tea. Chop the bar into baking batter for hazelnut-chocolate cookies, or melt it gently for a nutty ganache. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Hazelnut and Milka Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Hazelnut uses chopped hazelnut pieces, about nine percent of the bar, so the texture is smooth with a light crunch and the milk chocolate flavor leads. Milka Whole Hazelnuts, the 3.35 oz (95 g) bar, holds whole roasted nuts for a much firmer, nuttier bite. Both use the same Alpine milk chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Hazelnut and Milka Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Hazelnut uses chopped hazelnut pieces, about nine percent of the bar, so the texture is smooth with a light crunch and the milk chocolate flavor leads. Milka Whole Hazelnuts, the 3.35 oz (95 g) bar, holds whole roasted nuts for a much firmer, nuttier bite. Both use the same Alpine milk chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737185378495,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737185411263,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737185444031,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737185476799,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/71ciLNCNZCL.jpg?v=1777319586"},{"product_id":"milka-caramel-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Caramel Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Caramel Creme Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a soft, spreadable caramel cream filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Caramel Creme: Soft Caramel Cream in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaramel cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, set caramel center that does not run when the bar is broken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced sweetness\u003c\/strong\u003e — buttery caramel notes without the stickiness of a liquid caramel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines and eat at room temperature so the caramel cream stays soft and the chocolate melts evenly. It pairs well with black coffee or a glass of milk. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Caramel Creme and Milka Caramel Filled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place when you break a square, so it is neater to eat. Milka Caramel Filled contains a flowing liquid caramel that oozes out of each piece. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; the difference is filling texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Caramel Creme and Milka Caramel Filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place when you break a square, so it is neater to eat. Milka Caramel Filled contains a flowing liquid caramel that oozes out of each piece. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; the difference is filling texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737038217407,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737038250175,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737038282943,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737038315711,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1b33345b-14ef-4b08-92cf-282120588ddd.png?v=1781805026"},{"product_id":"milka-lu-biscuits-milka-tuc-crackers-bundle-87gx2","title":"Milka LU Biscuits \u0026 Milka TUC Crackers - Bundle 87gx2","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka LU Biscuits and Milka TUC Crackers Bundle pairs two 3.07 oz (87 g) European Milka bars, one with LU biscuit pieces and one with TUC cracker pieces, in Milka's Alpine milk chocolate. It is sold as a two-bar bundle, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka LU and TUC Bundle: Biscuit and Cracker Bars in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo bars in one bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e — one Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits bar and one Milka \u0026amp; TUC Crackers bar, 3.07 oz (87 g) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilka \u0026amp; LU\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet LU butter-biscuit pieces set into smooth Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilka \u0026amp; TUC\u003c\/strong\u003e — salty, crunchy TUC cracker pieces for a sweet-and-salty bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same creamy Milka chocolate used across the European range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic European bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original recipes sold in Germany and across Europe, not a US reformulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal 6.14 oz (174 g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to compare both bars side by side or share with a friend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap each bar along the scored lines and taste them at room temperature, starting with the sweeter LU bar and finishing with the salty TUC bar. Both pair well with coffee, and chopped pieces make a good topping for ice cream. Keep the bars between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and LU and TUC are sister biscuit brands within the same group. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the Milka LU and TUC bars contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both bars contain milk, soy, and wheat from the biscuit and cracker pieces, and they are produced in facilities that also handle hazelnuts, almonds, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on each wrapper before eating, since European recipes can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and softens the biscuit pieces. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka LU and Milka TUC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka LU sets sweet, buttery LU biscuit pieces into Alpine milk chocolate, so the whole bar tastes like a chocolate-covered shortbread. Milka TUC uses salty, crisp TUC cracker pieces instead, giving a sweet-and-salty contrast closer to chocolate-dipped pretzels. Both bars weigh 3.07 oz (87 g) and share the same chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these Milka bars imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both bars in the bundle are the authentic European Milka LU and Milka TUC in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do the Milka LU and TUC bars contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Both bars contain milk, soy, and wheat from the biscuit and cracker pieces, and they are produced in facilities that also handle hazelnuts, almonds, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on each wrapper before eating, since European recipes can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and softens the biscuit pieces. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best crunch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka LU and Milka TUC?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka LU sets sweet, buttery LU biscuit pieces into Alpine milk chocolate, so the whole bar tastes like a chocolate-covered shortbread. Milka TUC uses salty, crisp TUC cracker pieces instead, giving a sweet-and-salty contrast closer to chocolate-dipped pretzels. Both bars weigh 3.07 oz (87 g) and share the same chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these Milka bars imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Both bars in the bundle are the authentic European Milka LU and Milka TUC in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42595819061439,"sku":"MILKA-LU-TUC-BUNDLE-87Gx2","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61e7JfOjJVL.jpg?v=1777319587"},{"product_id":"milka-hazelnut-cream-spread-600g-jar","title":"Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread 600g Jar — European Chocolate Spread","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Hazelnut Cream Spread is a 21.2 oz (600 g) jar of smooth European chocolate hazelnut spread made with Alpine milk chocolate and roasted hazelnuts. It is the genuine imported jar, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Hazelnut Cream Spread: Alpine Milk Chocolate in a Spreadable Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk chocolate base\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same Milka milk chocolate flavor, blended into a soft spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted hazelnut cream\u003c\/strong\u003e — mild hazelnut flavor that is creamier and less nutty than typical spreads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 21.2 oz (600 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European family-size format, roughly 40 servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads straight from the jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth at room temperature, no need to warm it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking up or gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpread it on toast, brioche, crepes, waffles, or pancakes, or swirl a spoonful into warm oatmeal and yogurt. It also works as a filling for crepes and thumbprint cookies. Store the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), with the lid closed; do not refrigerate, which makes the spread hard. Use a clean, dry spoon each time and finish within a few months of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contains milk, soy, and hazelnuts, and it is made in a facility that also handles almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the jar before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat sources such as the stove. Do not refrigerate; cold makes the spread hard and difficult to spread. Close the lid tightly after each use and use a clean, dry spoon. Once opened, aim to finish it within about three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread compare to Nutella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka's spread is built around Alpine milk chocolate, so it tastes milkier and more chocolate-forward, while Nutella leads with roasted hazelnut. Milka's texture is slightly lighter and softer. Both are palm-oil based spreads with a similar sugar level, so the choice comes down to whether you prefer a chocolate-first or hazelnut-first flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread in the original 600 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contains milk, soy, and hazelnuts, and it is made in a facility that also handles almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the jar before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat sources such as the stove. Do not refrigerate; cold makes the spread hard and difficult to spread. Close the lid tightly after each use and use a clean, dry spoon. Once opened, aim to finish it within about three months.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread compare to Nutella?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka's spread is built around Alpine milk chocolate, so it tastes milkier and more chocolate-forward, while Nutella leads with roasted hazelnut. Milka's texture is slightly lighter and softer. Both are palm-oil based spreads with a similar sugar level, so the choice comes down to whether you prefer a chocolate-first or hazelnut-first flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread in the original 600 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45804839600319,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-SINGLE","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45804839633087,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-PACK3","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45804839665855,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-PACK6","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61zsrHGaZKL.jpg?v=1777319589"},{"product_id":"milka-cow-spots-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Cow Spots Milk \u0026 White Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with White Chocolate Swirls, 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar (Kuhflecken) is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European bar that swirls Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate with white chocolate in a playful cow-spot pattern. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Cow Spots (Kuhflecken): Alpine Milk and White Chocolate Swirled Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo chocolates in one bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — Alpine milk chocolate and white chocolate marbled into a cow-spot pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka base made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic European Milka format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, creamy bite with the sweeter vanilla note of white chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold in Germany as Milka Kuhflecken, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off a row and let the two chocolates melt together on the tongue. Because there is no filling, this bar melts cleanly for hot chocolate, ganache, or dipping strawberries, and the marbled squares look good on dessert boards for kids. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Cow Spots the same as Milka Kuhflecken?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Kuhflecken is the German name, meaning cow spots, and it is printed on the European wrapper. The bar is Milka Alpine milk chocolate marbled with white chocolate to mimic the pattern of the Milka cow. It is a solid bar without a filling, which makes it one of the mildest, creamiest bars in the Milka range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Cow Spots the same as Milka Kuhflecken?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Kuhflecken is the German name, meaning cow spots, and it is printed on the European wrapper. The bar is Milka Alpine milk chocolate marbled with white chocolate to mimic the pattern of the Milka cow. It is a solid bar without a filling, which makes it one of the mildest, creamiest bars in the Milka range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737170763967,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737170796735,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737170829503,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737170862271,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81CHXtxjkLL.png?v=1777322027"},{"product_id":"milka-chocolate-variety-pack-randomly-selected","title":"Milka Chocolate Variety Pack, Randomly Selected Full Size Bars, Imported from Europe","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Chocolate Variety Pack is a randomly selected assortment of full-size European Milka bars, 3.07 to 3.52 oz (87 to 100 g) each, drawn from the most popular Alpine milk chocolate flavors. Every bar is the genuine imported product, available in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Chocolate Variety Pack: A Surprise Mix of Full-Size Alpine Milk Chocolate Bars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size bars only\u003c\/strong\u003e — each bar is 3.07 to 3.52 oz (87 to 100 g), never minis or samples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRandomly selected flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn from Milka favorites such as Alpine Milk, Oreo, Caramel, Hazelnut, Strawberry, and Cow Spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — every bar shares the signature smooth, creamy Milka base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bars sold in Germany, not reformulated US versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssortment may repeat\u003c\/strong\u003e — selection depends on stock; a pack may include more than one of the same flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for tasting, gifting, and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the pack and set the bars out by flavor for a tasting, starting with plain Alpine Milk and moving to filled bars like Caramel and Strawberry. Keep unopened bars between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal any opened wrapper. For gifting, the mixed lilac wrappers work well in a small basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Milka bar contains milk and soy, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain wheat (Oreo varieties) or hazelnuts. All are made in a facility that handles nuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read each wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka chocolate bars from the variety pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled bars such as Caramel and Strawberry are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose which flavors are in the Milka Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pack is randomly selected from the Milka bars in stock at the time of shipping, which is what keeps the price lower than buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Milka collection; every single flavor we carry is listed there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Chocolate Variety Pack imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Chocolate Variety Pack in the original 87 g to 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every Milka bar contains milk and soy, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain wheat (Oreo varieties) or hazelnuts. All are made in a facility that handles nuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read each wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka chocolate bars from the variety pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled bars such as Caramel and Strawberry are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I choose which flavors are in the Milka Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The pack is randomly selected from the Milka bars in stock at the time of shipping, which is what keeps the price lower than buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Milka collection; every single flavor we carry is listed there.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Chocolate Variety Pack imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Chocolate Variety Pack in the original 87 g to 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737294364863,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737294397631,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737294430399,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81flJ1YR9vL.png?v=1777323340"},{"product_id":"milka-caramel-filled-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Liquid Caramel Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a flowing liquid caramel center inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Caramel Filled: Liquid Caramel Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowing liquid caramel\u003c\/strong\u003e — a runny golden caramel that oozes out when you break a square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with large, thick filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRich, buttery flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet caramel against mild milk chocolate, one square is a full bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off one square at a time and bite it whole so the liquid caramel stays inside. Serve at room temperature; chilling firms the caramel slightly for a cleaner bite. It pairs well with espresso or salted pretzels. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Caramel Filled and Milka Caramel Creme?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Caramel Filled has a liquid caramel center that flows out when a square is broken, similar to a caramel-filled truffle. Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; choose Filled for a runny caramel and Creme for a neater bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Caramel Filled and Milka Caramel Creme?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Caramel Filled has a liquid caramel center that flows out when a square is broken, similar to a caramel-filled truffle. Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; choose Filled for a runny caramel and Creme for a neater bite.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737131835583,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737131868351,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737131901119,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737131933887,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/51yo8SnCHHL.jpg?v=1777319607"},{"product_id":"milka-strawberry-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Strawberry Cream Filling, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Strawberry Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a pink strawberry cream filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Strawberry: Strawberry Cream Filling in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberry cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth pink cream with real strawberry powder and a light yogurt note\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruity and creamy\u003c\/strong\u003e — a long-running Milka classic sold across Europe since the 1990s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines and eat at room temperature so the strawberry cream stays soft. It pairs well with sparkling water or as a dessert bite after dinner, and chopped pieces work in vanilla ice cream or white cake batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Strawberry contain real strawberries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is made with strawberry powder from real fruit plus a yogurt-style cream, which gives the pink color and the tangy-sweet flavor. It is not a jam or fruit puree center, so it stays firm at room temperature. The Alpine milk chocolate shell is the same used across the Milka range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Strawberry contain real strawberries?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is made with strawberry powder from real fruit plus a yogurt-style cream, which gives the pink color and the tangy-sweet flavor. It is not a jam or fruit puree center, so it stays firm at room temperature. The Alpine milk chocolate shell is the same used across the Milka range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737016295615,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737016328383,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737016361151,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737016393919,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_f2d60b7c-84eb-49ff-84ae-72a4fdd281a8.png?v=1781805023"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-inside-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka \u0026 Oreo Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Oreo Biscuit Pieces \u0026 Vanilla Cream Filling, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a vanilla cream filling and crunchy Oreo cookie pieces inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo: Vanilla Cream and Oreo Cookie Pieces in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVanilla cream with Oreo pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft white cream layer studded with crunchy Oreo cookie bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookies-and-cream flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original Milka and Oreo collaboration bar, launched in 2012\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the milk chocolate soften before biting through the cream and cookie layer. It pairs well with cold milk. For dessert, chop it into cookies-and-cream milkshakes or press chunks into brownie batter before baking. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Oreo has a vanilla cream filling with Oreo cookie pieces, giving a classic cookies-and-cream taste. Milka Oreo Brownie swaps the vanilla cream for a soft brownie-style cocoa filling with Oreo pieces, so it is richer and more chocolate-forward. Both are 100 g bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream filling with Oreo cookie pieces, giving a classic cookies-and-cream taste. Milka Oreo Brownie swaps the vanilla cream for a soft brownie-style cocoa filling with Oreo pieces, so it is richer and more chocolate-forward. Both are 100 g bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736988803263,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736988836031,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736988868799,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736988901567,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61APYfE_uZL.jpg?v=1777319621"},{"product_id":"milka-chips-ahoy-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Chips Ahoy Cookie Pieces, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with real Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy: Cookie Pieces in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Chips Ahoy cookie pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — crunchy, chocolate-chip cookie bits set throughout every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, textured squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookie-and-chocolate crunch\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer bite than a plain Milka bar thanks to the baked cookie pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the milk chocolate soften before biting into the cookie pieces; the crunch is more noticeable at room temperature than chilled. It pairs well with cold milk or coffee, and chopped pieces work well folded into cookie or brownie batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy and Milka Oreo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy uses crunchy Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set into a solid milk chocolate bar with no cream layer. Milka Oreo instead layers a vanilla cream filling with Oreo pieces between chocolate surfaces, so it has a softer center. Both are 100 g bars on the same Alpine milk chocolate base, but Chips Ahoy is the firmer bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy and Milka Oreo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy uses crunchy Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set into a solid milk chocolate bar with no cream layer. Milka Oreo instead layers a vanilla cream filling with Oreo pieces between chocolate surfaces, so it has a softer center. Both are 100 g bars on the same Alpine milk chocolate base, but Chips Ahoy is the firmer bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736963342527,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736963375295,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736963408063,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736963440831,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61XkkLj26EL.jpg?v=1777319665"},{"product_id":"mesh-wild-berry-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificial-c","title":"Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Wild Berry Stick Tea is a 2.54 oz (72 g) no-mess herbal tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Wild Berry Stick Tea: Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped wild berry herbal tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.54 oz (72 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild berry herbal blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts from farms around the world\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Wild Berry stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about herbal tisanes on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Herbal_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Wild Berry Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing and any blending with true tea leaves can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Wild Berry Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The wild berry flavor pairs well with Mesh's other fruit and herbal sticks if you want to build a variety box. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"As an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing and any blending with true tea leaves can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Wild Berry Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The wild berry flavor pairs well with Mesh's other fruit and herbal sticks if you want to build a variety box. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825700593855,"sku":"MESH-WILDBERRY-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825700626623,"sku":"MESH-WILDBERRY-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825700659391,"sku":"MESH-WILDBERRY-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/71TbS_h6MnL.png?v=1777323698"},{"product_id":"mesh-vanilla-rooibos-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artific-1","title":"Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea is a 2.89 oz (82 g) no-mess, naturally caffeine-free herbal tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea: Caffeine-Free Rooibos in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped vanilla rooibos herbal tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.89 oz (82 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally caffeine-free rooibos with vanilla\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Vanilla Rooibos stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about rooibos on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Rooibos\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea is made from rooibos, a South African red bush plant that is naturally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including right before bed. Read the printed label to confirm, since Mesh occasionally updates blend sourcing between production runs and does not publish an exact milligram figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The vanilla-rooibos flavor makes a milder, evening-friendly alternative to Mesh's true-tea flavors like Green or Earl Grey. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea is made from rooibos, a South African red bush plant that is naturally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including right before bed. Read the printed label to confirm, since Mesh occasionally updates blend sourcing between production runs and does not publish an exact milligram figure.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Vanilla Rooibos Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The vanilla-rooibos flavor makes a milder, evening-friendly alternative to Mesh's true-tea flavors like Green or Earl Grey. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825698300095,"sku":"MESH-VANILLAROOIBOS-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825698332863,"sku":"MESH-VANILLAROOIBOS-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825698365631,"sku":"MESH-VANILLAROOIBOS-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/61Nk_yLZYzS_44d0d1de-562d-4000-bd46-94fe839a7a0f.png?v=1778963442"},{"product_id":"mesh-turkish-apple-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificia-1","title":"Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea is a 2.4 oz (68 g) no-mess herbal tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea: Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped Turkish apple herbal tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.4 oz (68 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurkish apple herbal blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Turkish Apple stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about herbal tisanes on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Herbal_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The apple-cinnamon-style Turkish apple flavor is one of Mesh's sweeter herbal sticks, alongside Wild Berry and Pomegranate. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"As an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Turkish Apple Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The apple-cinnamon-style Turkish apple flavor is one of Mesh's sweeter herbal sticks, alongside Wild Berry and Pomegranate. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825692958911,"sku":"MESH-TURKISHAPPLE-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825692991679,"sku":"MESH-TURKISHAPPLE-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825693024447,"sku":"MESH-TURKISHAPPLE-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51aWVpzqmML_af37ae61-2976-436c-a643-56339d6773e6.png?v=1777324998"},{"product_id":"mesh-thyme-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificial-colors-1","title":"Mesh Thyme Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Thyme Stick Tea is a 1.87 oz (53 g) no-mess herbal tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Thyme Stick Tea: Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped thyme herbal tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.87 oz (53 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThyme herbal blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Thyme stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about herbal tisanes on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Herbal_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Thyme Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Thyme Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Thyme Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Thyme Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Thyme Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Thyme Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Thyme Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The savory thyme profile is a milder, more herbaceous option than Mesh's fruit-forward sticks like Wild Berry or Pomegranate. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Thyme Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Thyme Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Thyme Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Thyme Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"As an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Thyme Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Thyme Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Thyme Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The savory thyme profile is a milder, more herbaceous option than Mesh's fruit-forward sticks like Wild Berry or Pomegranate. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825682145471,"sku":"MESH-THYME-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825682178239,"sku":"MESH-THYME-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825682211007,"sku":"MESH-THYME-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51BMh3BLQhL_0e940a1a-2395-4897-97d5-47c6d3f928db.png?v=1777325195"},{"product_id":"mesh-pomegranate-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificial-1","title":"Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Pomegranate Stick Tea is a 2.47 oz (70 g) no-mess herbal tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Pomegranate Stick Tea: Brew-in-Cup Herbal Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped pomegranate herbal tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.47 oz (70 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePomegranate herbal blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Pomegranate stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about herbal tisanes on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Herbal_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Pomegranate Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Pomegranate Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The tart-sweet pomegranate flavor sits alongside Wild Berry and Turkish Apple as one of Mesh's fruit-forward herbal sticks. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"As an herbal blend rather than true tea, Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea is generally caffeine-free, so it can be enjoyed any time of day, including evenings. Read the printed label to confirm, since ingredient sourcing can vary between production runs, and Mesh does not publish an exact milligram figure for this flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Pomegranate Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The tart-sweet pomegranate flavor sits alongside Wild Berry and Turkish Apple as one of Mesh's fruit-forward herbal sticks. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825678901439,"sku":"MESH-POMEGRANATE-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825678934207,"sku":"MESH-POMEGRANATE-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825678966975,"sku":"MESH-POMEGRANATE-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51i_W0ZfesL_e2fe28c9-ed66-4961-887e-1de34d54003d.png?v=1777323710"},{"product_id":"mesh-green-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificial-colors","title":"Mesh Green Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Green Tea","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Green Stick Tea is a 2.47 oz (70 g) no-mess green tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Green Stick Tea: Brew-in-Cup Green Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped green tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.47 oz (70 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen tea blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Green Tea stick into a cup of hot water around 175 F (80 C) — avoid fully boiling water so the delicate flavor does not turn bitter — and stir gently for 2 to 4 minutes. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about green tea on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Green_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Green Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Green Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Green Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of 175 F (80 C) water, stirring gently for 2 to 4 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Green Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, in moderation. Unlike Mesh's herbal sticks, Mesh Green Stick Tea is made from true tea leaves and naturally contains caffeine. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content, since it can vary by harvest and brew strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Green Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Green Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Unlike Mesh's caffeine-free herbal sticks, Green Tea and Earl Grey are true teas with a naturally lighter, grassier profile. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Green Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Green Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Green Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of 175 F (80 C) water, stirring gently for 2 to 4 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Green Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, in moderation. Unlike Mesh's herbal sticks, Mesh Green Stick Tea is made from true tea leaves and naturally contains caffeine. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content, since it can vary by harvest and brew strength.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Green Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Green Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Unlike Mesh's caffeine-free herbal sticks, Green Tea and Earl Grey are true teas with a naturally lighter, grassier profile. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825667629247,"sku":"MESH-GREENTEA-16CT-SINGLE","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825667662015,"sku":"MESH-GREENTEA-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825667694783,"sku":"MESH-GREENTEA-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/518YPsCClzL.png?v=1777325144"},{"product_id":"mesh-earl-grey-stick-tea-16-sticks-premium-instant-tea-no-artificial-co-1","title":"Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Earl Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Earl Grey Stick Tea is a 2.54 oz (72 g) no-mess Earl Grey tea in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that brew directly in your cup without a spoon or strainer, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Earl Grey Stick Tea: Bergamot Black Tea in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped Earl Grey tea sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.54 oz (72 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly in water — no spoon or strainer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarl Grey blend with natural bergamot\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house tea experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for brewing away from home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Earl Grey stick into a cup of freshly boiled water and stir gently for 3 to 5 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no strainer or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tea\"\u003eTea\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about Earl Grey tea on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Earl_Grey_tea\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Earl Grey Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea caffeine-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, in moderation. Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea is a black tea blend with natural bergamot, so unlike Mesh's herbal sticks it naturally contains caffeine. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content, since it can vary by harvest and brew strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Earl Grey Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Earl Grey is Mesh's citrus-forward black tea option, distinct from the caffeine-free herbal and rooibos sticks in the lineup. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea is made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a cup of freshly boiled water, stirring gently for 3 to 5 minutes, then lift the stick out — no strainer, spoon, or filter is needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea caffeine-free?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, in moderation. Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea is a black tea blend with natural bergamot, so unlike Mesh's herbal sticks it naturally contains caffeine. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content, since it can vary by harvest and brew strength.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Earl Grey Stick Tea 16-Count comes as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Earl Grey is Mesh's citrus-forward black tea option, distinct from the caffeine-free herbal and rooibos sticks in the lineup. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825665663167,"sku":"MESH-EARLGREY-16CT-SINGLE-1","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825665695935,"sku":"MESH-EARLGREY-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825665728703,"sku":"MESH-EARLGREY-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51D96DiYP3L_ada18e22-4a07-43eb-8685-8f8899ad92e4.png?v=1777324411"},{"product_id":"mesh-cold-coffee-16-sticks-coffee-enjoyment-made-easy-no-bag-no-drips-no-s","title":"Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks | 16 Count | Brew-in-Cup Cold Coffee","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesh Cold Coffee Sticks are a 2.82 oz (80 g) no-mess cold coffee in Mesh's patented stick format — each box holds 16 individually wrapped sticks that stir directly into cold or iced water without a bag, filter, or extra equipment, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMesh Cold Coffee Sticks: Brew-in-Cup Cold Coffee in a No-Mess Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 individually wrapped cold coffee sticks per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.82 oz (80 g) total, each stick pre-portioned for one glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented stick-shaped mesh packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in brewing holes let you stir directly into cold or iced water — no bag or filter needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the printed label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from farms worldwide and curated by Mesh's in-house coffee experts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits easily in a bag, desk drawer, or travel kit for cold brew on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — for daily use, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace one Mesh Cold Coffee stick into a glass of cold or iced water and stir gently for 2 to 3 minutes, adjusting the time to your preferred strength. Remove the stick when done — no filter or extra tools required. Store unopened sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mesh Stick Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh Stick Tea was founded on the idea that brewed tea and coffee should be accessible anywhere, not just at the kitchen table. The brand's patented stick-and-mesh format lets each stick brew directly in a cup without a spoon, bag, or strainer, and Mesh sources its tea and coffee blends from farms across multiple growing regions to keep flavor consistent from box to box. Browse more brew-in-cup options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrinks\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Read more about instant coffee on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Instant_coffee\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWikipedia\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Cold Coffee Sticks are made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between production runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I brew and store Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace one stick into a glass of cold or iced water, stir gently for 2 to 3 minutes, then lift the stick out — no filter, bag, or extra tools are needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks contain caffeine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. As a coffee product rather than an herbal tisane, Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks naturally contain caffeine, similar to a cup of regular brewed coffee. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content per stick, since it can vary by roast and blend, and choose one of Mesh's caffeine-free herbal sticks instead if you are avoiding caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack sizes are available for Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMesh Cold Coffee Sticks 16-Count come as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Unlike Mesh's tea sticks, this flavor is made for cold or iced water rather than hot water. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks contain allergens or artificial ingredients?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks are made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives, and the stick itself is not formulated with common allergens such as milk, soy, or nuts. Facility handling can still vary between production runs, so read the printed label on the box for the manufacturer's full ingredient and allergen statement before serving it to anyone with food allergies.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I brew and store Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Place one stick into a glass of cold or iced water, stir gently for 2 to 3 minutes, then lift the stick out — no filter, bag, or extra tools are needed. Store unused sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and note that the expiration date on the box follows the DD\/MM\/YYYY format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks contain caffeine?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. As a coffee product rather than an herbal tisane, Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks naturally contain caffeine, similar to a cup of regular brewed coffee. Read the printed label for the manufacturer's stated caffeine content per stick, since it can vary by roast and blend, and choose one of Mesh's caffeine-free herbal sticks instead if you are avoiding caffeine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack sizes are available for Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mesh Cold Coffee Sticks 16-Count come as a Single box, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. Unlike Mesh's tea sticks, this flavor is made for cold or iced water rather than hot water. Each box, in every pack size, still holds 16 individually wrapped sticks.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mesh Stick Tea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45825651835071,"sku":"MESH-COLDCOFFEE-16CT-SINGLE-1","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45825651867839,"sku":"MESH-COLDCOFFEE-16CT-PACK3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45825651900607,"sku":"MESH-COLDCOFFEE-16CT-PACK6","price":36.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61uJ2g5emWS.jpg?v=1777319913"}],"url":"https:\/\/realprimedeals.com\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food.oembed?page=54","provider":"Real Prime Deals","version":"1.0","type":"link"}